blob: 1506fbaf6067cebaa940075f9fd2968e01c3e7de [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
155 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000156 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
157 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000158 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000159 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 }
161 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000162}
163
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000164SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
165 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
166 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
167}
168
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
170// Standard Promotions and Conversions
171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000173/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
174void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
175 QualType Ty = E->getType();
176 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
177
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000178 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000179 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000180 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000181 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
182 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
183 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
184 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
185 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
186 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
187 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000188 //
189 // C++ 4.2p1:
190 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
191 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
192 //
193 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
194 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000195 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
196 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000197 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198}
199
200/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000201/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000202/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
203/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
204/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
205Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
206 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000208
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000209 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
210 //
211 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
212 // unsigned int may be used:
213 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
214 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
215 // and unsigned int.
216 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
217 //
218 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
219 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
220 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
221 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000222 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
223 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000224 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000225 return Expr;
226 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000227 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000228 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000229 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000230 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000231 }
232
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000233 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234 return Expr;
235}
236
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000237/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000238/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
240void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
241 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
242 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000243
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000244 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000245 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000247 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
248 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000249
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000250 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
251}
252
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000253/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
254/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
255/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
256/// completely illegal.
257bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000258 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000259
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000260 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
261 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
262 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
263 << Expr->getType() << CT;
264 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000265 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000266
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000267 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
268 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
269 << Expr->getType() << CT;
270
271 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000272}
273
274
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
276/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000277/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
279/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
280/// GCC.
281QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
282 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000283 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000285
286 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000287
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000288 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000290 QualType lhs =
291 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000292 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000294
295 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
296 if (lhs == rhs)
297 return lhs;
298
299 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
300 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
301 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
302 return lhs;
303
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000304 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000305 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000306 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
307 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
311
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000312 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000313 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000314 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
315 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000316 return destType;
317}
318
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
320// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
321//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
322
323
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000324/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000325/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
326/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
327/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
328/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000329///
330Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000331Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000332 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
333
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000334 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000335 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000336 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000337
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000338 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000339 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
340 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000341
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000343 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000345
346 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
347 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
348 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000349
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000350 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
351 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
352 // strings.
353 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000354 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000355 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000357 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000359 Literal.GetStringLength(),
360 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
361 &StringTokLocs[0],
362 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363}
364
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000365/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
366/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
367/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
368/// for values inside the block or for globals).
369///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000370/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
371/// up-to-date.
372///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000373static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
374 ValueDecl *VD) {
375 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
376 // we wanted to.
377 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
378 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000380 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
381 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
382 return false;
383
384 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
385 // snapshot it.
386 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
387 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000388 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
389 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000390
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
392 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
393
394 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
395 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
396 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
397 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
398 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
399 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
400 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
401 // having a reference outside it.
402 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
403 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
406 // a snapshot as well.
407 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
408 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000410 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000411}
412
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413
414
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000415/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000416Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000417Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000419 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D));
420
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000421 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
422 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000424 << D->getDeclName();
425 return ExprError();
426 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000427
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000428 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
429 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
430 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
431 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000433 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000435 << D->getIdentifier();
436 return ExprError();
437 }
438 }
439 }
440 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000442 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000444 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
445 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
446 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000447 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448}
449
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000450/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
451/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
452/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000453static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
454 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000456 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000458 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
459 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
460 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000461 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000463 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000464 D != DEnd; ++D) {
465 if (*D == Record) {
466 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
467 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
468 ++D;
469 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000470 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000471 return *D;
472 }
473 }
474
475 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
476 return 0;
477}
478
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000479/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
480/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
481/// actual member.
482///
483/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
484/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
485/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
486/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
487/// we found.
488///
489/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
490/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
491/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
492VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
493 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
495 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
496 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
497
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000498 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
500 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
501 do {
502 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000503 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000505 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000506 else {
507 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
508 break;
509 }
510 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000511 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000512 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000513
514 return BaseObject;
515}
516
517Sema::OwningExprResult
518Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
519 FieldDecl *Field,
520 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
521 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
522 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000523 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000524 AnonFields);
525
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000526 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
527 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
528 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
529 // found via name lookup.
530 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000531 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (BaseObject) {
533 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
534 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000535 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000536 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000537 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000538 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000539 BaseQuals
540 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000541 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
542 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
543 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
544 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
545 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000546 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000547 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
548 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
549 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000550 BaseQuals
551 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000552 } else {
553 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
554 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
555 // program our base object expression is "this".
556 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
557 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000558 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000559 = Context.getTagDeclType(
560 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
561 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000563 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
564 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
565 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000566 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000567 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
569 }
570 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000571 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
572 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000573 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000574 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 }
576
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000577 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000578 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
579 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 }
581
582 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
583 // anonymous struct/union.
584 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000585 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
587 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
588 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
589 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000590 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
591 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
592
593 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
594 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
595 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
596 ResultQuals.removeConst();
597
598 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
599 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
600
601 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
602 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
603
604 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
605 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
606 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
607
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000608 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000609 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000610 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
611 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000616 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000617}
618
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000619Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
620 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
621 UnqualifiedId &Name,
622 bool HasTrailingLParen,
623 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000624 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
625 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
626
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000627 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
628 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
629 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000630 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
631 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
632 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
633 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
634 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
635 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000636 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
637 }
638
639 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
640 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
641 // ActOnIdExpression.
642 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
643 Name.StartLocation,
644 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
645 HasTrailingLParen,
646 &SS,
647 IsAddressOfOperand);
648}
649
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000650/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
651/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
652/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
653/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
654/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000655/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
656/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000657///
658/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
659/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
660/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
661/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000662///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000663/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
664/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
665/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
666/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000667Sema::OwningExprResult
668Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
669 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000670 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000671 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000672 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000673 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
674 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000675
676 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
677 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
678 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
679 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000680 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000681 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000682 return Owned(new (Context) DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000683 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000684 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
685 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000686 }
687
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000688 LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
689 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000690
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000691 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000692 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000694 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
695 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000696 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
697 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000698 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
699 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000700 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
701 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000702 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000703
704 // FIXME: we should change lookup to do this.
705
706 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
707 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
708 // ivar, that's an error.
709 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
710
711 bool LookForIvars;
712 if (Lookup.empty())
713 LookForIvars = true;
714 else if (IsClassMethod)
715 LookForIvars = false;
716 else
717 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
718 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
719
720 if (LookForIvars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000722 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000723 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000724 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
725 if (IsClassMethod)
726 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
727 << IV->getDeclName());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000728
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000729 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
730 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
731 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
732 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000733
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000734 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
735 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
736 return ExprError();
737
738 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
739 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
740 ClassDeclared != IFace)
741 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
742
743 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
744 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
745 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
746 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
747 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
748 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
749 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
750 SelfName, false, false);
751 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
752 return Owned(new (Context)
753 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
754 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000755 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000756 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000757 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000759 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000760 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000761 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
762 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000763 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000764 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000765 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000766 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000767 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000768 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000769
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000770 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000771 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
772 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000773 else
774 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000775 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000776 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000777 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000778
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000779 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
780 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000781 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Lookup, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000782
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000783 if (Lookup.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000784 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000785 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000786 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000787 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { // Not in C++.
788 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
789 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
790 } else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000791 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
792 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000793 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
794 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
795 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
796 << SS->getRange());
797 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000798 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000799 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
800 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000801 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000802 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000803 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000804 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000805
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000806 if (VarDecl *Var = Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000807 // Warn about constructs like:
808 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
809 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000810
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000811 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
812 // information to check this property.
813 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
814 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000815 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000816 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000817 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000818 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
819 << Var->getDeclName()
820 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
821 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000822 break;
823 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000824
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000825 // Move to the parent of this scope.
826 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000827 }
828 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000829 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = Lookup.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000830 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
831 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
832 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
833 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
834 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
835 // type.
836 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
837 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000838
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 QualType T = Func->getType();
840 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000841 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000842 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000843 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000844 }
845 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000846
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000847 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
848 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
849 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
850 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
851 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
852 //
853 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
854 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
855 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
856 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
857 // performance.
858 if (!ADL) {
859 bool isAbstractMemberPointer =
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000860 (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000861
862 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !Lookup.empty() &&
863 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*Lookup.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
864 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, Lookup);
865 }
866 }
867
868 assert(Lookup.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue &&
869 "found UnresolvedUsingValueDecl in non-class scope");
870
871 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Lookup, ADL);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000872}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000873
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000874/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000875bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000876Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
877 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000878 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000879 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000880 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000881 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000882 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
883 return false;
884 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
885 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000886 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000887 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
888 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000889 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000890 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
891 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
892 DestRecordType,
893 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
894 From->getSourceRange()))
895 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000896 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
897 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000898 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000899 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000900}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000901
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000902/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000903static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
904 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000905 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
906 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000907 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000908 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000909 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000910 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000911 0, Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000912
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000913 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
914}
915
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000916/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
917/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
918/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000919Sema::OwningExprResult
920Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
921 LookupResult &R) {
922 NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000923 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000924
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000925 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
926 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000927 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000928 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
929 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000930 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000931
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000932 QualType ThisType;
933 QualType MemberType;
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000934 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
935 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
936 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
937 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
938 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000939
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000940 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
941 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
942 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
943 // explicitly qualified.
944 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
945 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000946 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000947
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000948 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
949 return ExprError();
950 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D, Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000951 }
952
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000953 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000954 if (!Method->isStatic())
955 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000956 }
957
958 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000959 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000960 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000961 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000962 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000963 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000964 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000965 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000966 }
967
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000968 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
969 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
970 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000971 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000972 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000973 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000974 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000975
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000976 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
977 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
978 // decl reference.
979 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000980}
981
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000982bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
983 const LookupResult &R,
984 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000985 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
986 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
987 return false;
988
989 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
990 if (SS && SS->isSet())
991 return false;
992
993 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000994 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000995 return false;
996
997 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
998 // normal lookup:
999 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1000 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1001
1002 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1003 // -- a declaration of a class member
1004 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1005 // original decl.
1006 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1007 return false;
1008
1009 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1010 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1011 // using-declaration
1012 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1013 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1014 // turn off ADL anyway).
1015 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1016 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1017 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1018 return false;
1019
1020 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1021 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1022 // template
1023 // And also for builtin functions.
1024 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1025 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1026
1027 // But also builtin functions.
1028 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1029 return false;
1030 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1031 return false;
1032 }
1033
1034 return true;
1035}
1036
1037
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001038/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1039/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1040/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1041/// will in fact be used.
1042static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1043 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1044 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1045 return true;
1046 }
1047
1048 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1049 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1050 return true;
1051 }
1052
1053 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1054 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1055 return true;
1056 }
1057
1058 return false;
1059}
1060
1061Sema::OwningExprResult
1062Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001063 LookupResult &R,
1064 bool NeedsADL) {
1065 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1066
1067 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1068 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001069
1070 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1071 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1072 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001073 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1074 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001075 return ExprError();
1076
1077 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
1078 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context,
1079 SS ? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001080 SS ? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001081 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1082 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1083 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1084 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001085
1086 return Owned(ULE);
1087}
1088
1089
1090/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1091Sema::OwningExprResult
1092Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1093 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1094 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001095 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1096 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001097 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1098
1099 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1100 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001101
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001102 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001103
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001104 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1105 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1106 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1107 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001108 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001109 return ExprError();
1110
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001111 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1112 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001113 return ExprError();
1114
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001115 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1116 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1117 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1118 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001119 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001120 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1121 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1122 //
1123 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001124 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001125 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001126 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001127 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001128 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001129 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1130 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001131 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001132
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001133 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001134 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001135 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001136 }
1137 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1138 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001139
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +00001140 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001141}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001142
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001143Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1144 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001145 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001146
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001147 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001148 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001149 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1150 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1151 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001152 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001153
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001154 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1155 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001156
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001157 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1158 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001159 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001160 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001161 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001163 QualType ResTy;
1164 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1165 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1166 } else {
1167 unsigned Length =
1168 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001170 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001171 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001172 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1173 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001174 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001175}
1176
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001177Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001178 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001179 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1180 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1181 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001183 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1184 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1185 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001186 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001187
1188 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1189
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001190 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1191 Literal.isWide(),
1192 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001193}
1194
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1196 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001197 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1198 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001199 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001200 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001201 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001202 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001203 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001204
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001205 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001206 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1207 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001208 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001209
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001210 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001211 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001213 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001214 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001215 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001216 return ExprError();
1217
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001218 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001219
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001220 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001221 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001222 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001223 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001224 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001225 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001226 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001227 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001228
1229 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1230
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001231 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1232 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001233 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1234 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001235
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001236 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001238 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001239 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001240
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001241 // long long is a C99 feature.
1242 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001243 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001244 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1245
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001246 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001247 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001248
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001249 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1250 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1251 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001252 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1253 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001254 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001255 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001256 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1257 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001258
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001259 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1260 // be an unsigned int.
1261 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1262
1263 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001264 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001265 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1266 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001267 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001269 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1270 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1271 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1272 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001273 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001274 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001275 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001276 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001277 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001278 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001279
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001280 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001281 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001282 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001283
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001284 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1285 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1286 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1287 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001288 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001289 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001290 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001291 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001292 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293 }
1294
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001295 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001296 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001297 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001298
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001299 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1300 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1301 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1302 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001303 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001304 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001305 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001306 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001307 }
1308 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001310 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1311 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001312 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001313 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001314 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001315 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001316 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001317
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001318 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1319 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001320 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001321 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001322 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001323
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001324 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1325 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001326 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001327 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328
1329 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001330}
1331
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1333 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001334 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001335 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001336 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001337}
1338
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001339/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001340/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001341bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001342 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1343 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1344 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001345 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1346 return false;
1347
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001348 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001349 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001350 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001351 if (isSizeof)
1352 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1353 return false;
1354 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001355
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001356 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001357 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001358 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1359 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001360 return false;
1361 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001362
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001363 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001364 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001365 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1366 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001367 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001368
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001369 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001370 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001371 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001372 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1373 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001374 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001375
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001376 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001377}
1378
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001379bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1380 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1381 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001382
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001383 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001384 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1385 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001386
1387 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1388 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1389 return false;
1390
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001391 if (E->getBitField()) {
1392 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1393 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001394 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001395
1396 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1397 // bit-field.
1398 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001399 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001400 return false;
1401
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001402 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1403}
1404
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001405/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001407Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1408 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001409 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001410 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001411 return ExprError();
1412
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001413 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1414
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001415 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1416 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1417 return ExprError();
1418
1419 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001420 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001421 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1422 R.getEnd()));
1423}
1424
1425/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1426/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001427Action::OwningExprResult
1428Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001429 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1430 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1431 bool isInvalid = false;
1432 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1433 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1434 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1435 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001436 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001437 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1438 isInvalid = true;
1439 } else {
1440 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1441 }
1442
1443 if (isInvalid)
1444 return ExprError();
1445
1446 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1447 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1448 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1449 R.getEnd()));
1450}
1451
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001452/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1453/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1454/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001455Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001456Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1457 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001458 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001459 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001460
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001461 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001462 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1463 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1464 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001465 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001466
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001467 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1468 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1469 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1470
1471 if (Result.isInvalid())
1472 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1473
1474 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001475}
1476
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001477QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001478 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1479 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001480
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001481 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001482 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001483 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001485 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1486 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1487 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001488
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001489 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001490 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1491 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001492 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001493}
1494
1495
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001496
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001497Action::OwningExprResult
1498Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1499 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001500 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1501 switch (Kind) {
1502 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1503 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1504 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1505 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001506
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001507 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001508}
1509
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510Action::OwningExprResult
1511Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1512 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001513 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1514 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1515
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001516 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1517 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001518
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001519 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001520 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1521 Base.release();
1522 Idx.release();
1523 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1524 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1525 }
1526
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001527 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001529 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1530 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1531 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001532 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001533 }
1534
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001535 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1536}
1537
1538
1539Action::OwningExprResult
1540Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1541 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1542 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1543 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1544
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001545 // Perform default conversions.
1546 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1547 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001549 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001550
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001551 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001552 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001553 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001554 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001555 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1556 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001557 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1558 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1559 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1560 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001561 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001562 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1563 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001564 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001565 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001566 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001567 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1568 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001569 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001571 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001572 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1573 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1574 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001575 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001576 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001577 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1578 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1579 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1580 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001581 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001582 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001583 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001584
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001585 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1586 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001587 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1588 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1589 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1590 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1591 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1592 // force the promotion here.
1593 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1594 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001595 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1596 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001597 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1598
1599 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1600 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001601 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001602 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1603 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1604 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1605 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001606 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1607 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001608 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1609
1610 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1611 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001612 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001613 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001614 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1615 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001616 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001617 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001618 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1619 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001620 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1621 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001622
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001623 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001624 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1625 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001626 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1627
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001628 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001629 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1630 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001631 // incomplete types are not object types.
1632 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1633 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1634 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1635 return ExprError();
1636 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001637
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001638 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001640 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1641 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001642 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001644 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1645 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1646 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1647 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1648 return ExprError();
1649 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001650
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001651 Base.release();
1652 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001653 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001654 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001655}
1656
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001657QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001658CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001659 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001660 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001661 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1662 // see FIXME there.
1663 //
1664 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1665 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001666 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001667
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001668 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001669 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001670
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001671 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001672 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1673 // to be selected.
1674 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001675
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001676 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1677 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001678 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001679
1680 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1681 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001682 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001683 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1684 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001685 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001686 do
1687 compStr++;
1688 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001689 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001690 do
1691 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001692 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001693 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001694
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001695 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001696 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1697 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001698 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1699 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001700 return QualType();
1701 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001702
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001703 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1704 // operates on.
1705 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001706 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001707
1708 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001709 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001710
1711 while (*compStr) {
1712 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1713 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1714 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1715 return QualType();
1716 }
1717 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001718 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001719
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001720 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1721 // number of elements.
1722 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001723 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001724 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001725 return QualType();
1726 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001727
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001728 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001729 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001730 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001731 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001732 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001733 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001734 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001735 if (HexSwizzle)
1736 CompSize--;
1737
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001738 if (CompSize == 1)
1739 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001740
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001741 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001742 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001743 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1744 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1745 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1746 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001747 }
1748 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001749}
1750
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001751static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001752 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001753 const Selector &Sel,
1754 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001755
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001756 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001757 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001758 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001759 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001760
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001761 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1762 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001763 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001764 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001765 return D;
1766 }
1767 return 0;
1768}
1769
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001770static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001771 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001772 const Selector &Sel,
1773 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001774 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1775 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001776 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001777 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001778 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001779 GDecl = PD;
1780 break;
1781 }
1782 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001783 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001784 GDecl = OMD;
1785 break;
1786 }
1787 }
1788 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001789 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001790 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1791 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001792 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001793 if (GDecl)
1794 return GDecl;
1795 }
1796 }
1797 return GDecl;
1798}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001799
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001800Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001801Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001802 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001803 DeclarationName MemberName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001804 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001805 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1806 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001807 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1808 return ExprError();
1809
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001810 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1811 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1812
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001813 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001814 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001815
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001816 // Perform default conversions.
1817 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001818
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001819 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001820
1821 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1822 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1823 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1824 // call, and continue on.
1825 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1826 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1827 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1828 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1829 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1830 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1831 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1832 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1833 ->isRecordType()))) {
1834 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1835 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1836 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1837 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1838
1839 OwningExprResult NewBase
1840 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1841 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1842 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1843 return move(NewBase);
1844
1845 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1846 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1847 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1848 }
1849 }
1850 }
1851
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001852 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1853 // use that.
1854 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1855 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1856 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1857 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1858 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001859 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001860 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001861 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001862 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001863
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001864 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1865 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1866 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1867 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1868 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1869 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1870 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1871 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1872 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1873 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1874 // Check the use of this method.
1875 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1876 return ExprError();
1877 }
1878 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1879 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1880 Selector SetterSel =
1881 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1882 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1883 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1884 if (!Setter) {
1885 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1886 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001887 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001888 }
1889 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1890 if (!Setter)
1891 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1892
1893 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1894 return ExprError();
1895
1896 if (Getter || Setter) {
1897 QualType PType;
1898
1899 if (Getter)
1900 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1901 else
1902 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1903 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1904 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1905 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1906 PType,
1907 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1908 }
1909 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1910 << MemberName << BaseType);
1911 }
1912 }
1913
1914 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1915 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1916 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001917 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001918 }
1919
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001920 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1921 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001922 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001923 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1924 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1925 if (SS) {
1926 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1927 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1928 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1929 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001930
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001931 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001932 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001933 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001934 FirstQualifierInScope,
1935 MemberName,
1936 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001937 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001938 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001939 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001940 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001941 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1942 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001943 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001944 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1945 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1946 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001947 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001949 // (so we'll report an error for)
1950 // T* t;
1951 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001953 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1954 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1955 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001956 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001957
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001959 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1960 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1961 if (SS) {
1962 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1963 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1964 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1965 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001966
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001967 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001968 BaseExpr, false,
1969 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001970 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001971 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001972 FirstQualifierInScope,
1973 MemberName,
1974 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001975 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001976 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001977 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001978
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001979 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1980 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001981 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001982 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001983 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001984 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
1985 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001986 return ExprError();
1987
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001988 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
1989 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1990 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
1991 // nested-name-specifier.
1992 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00001993
1994 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
1995 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
1996 << DC << SS->getRange();
1997 return ExprError();
1998 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001999
2000 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002001 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002002 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2003 }
2004
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002005 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002006 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName);
2007 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002008
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002009 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002010 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2011 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002012 if (Result.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002013 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002015 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2016
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002017 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002018 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002019 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002020 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002022 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002024 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2025 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2026 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2027 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2028 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2029 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002031 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2032 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2033 // error cases.
2034 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2035 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002036
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002037 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2038 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2039 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2040 // explicitly qualified.
2041 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2042 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2043 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002044
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002045 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002046 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002047 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002048
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002049 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002050 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2051 // (C++ [class.union]).
2052 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002053 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002054 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002055
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002056 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002057 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002058 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002059 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2060 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002061 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2062 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2063 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2064
2065 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2066 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2067
2068 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2069 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2070 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002071 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002072
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002073 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002074 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2075 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002076 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002077 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002078 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002079
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002080 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2081 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002082 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2083 Var, MemberLoc,
2084 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002085 }
2086 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2087 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002088 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2089 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2090 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002091 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002092 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002093 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2094 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002095
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002096 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002097 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2098 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002099 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002100 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2101 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002102 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002103
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002104 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2105 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2106 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002107 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002108 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002109 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002110 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002111 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2112 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002113 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002114 Ovl, MemberLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002115 Context.OverloadTy));
2116
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002117 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2118 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002119 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002120 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2121 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002122 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2123 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002124 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002125 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002126 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002127 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002128
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002129 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2130 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2131 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002132 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2133 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002134 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002135 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002136
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002137 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2138 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2139 // pseudo-destructor.
2140 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2141 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002142 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2143 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002144 // type.
2145 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2146 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2147 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002149 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2150 // same as the object type.
2151 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2152 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2153 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2154 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2155 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156
2157 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002158 // the form
2159 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002160 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2161 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002162 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2163 //
2164 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2165 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002166
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002167 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2168 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2169 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002171 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002172 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002173 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2174 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2175 MemberLoc));
2176 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002177
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002178 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2179 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002180 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2181 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002182 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002183 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002184 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002185 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002186 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2187
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002188 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2189 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002190 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002192 if (IV) {
2193 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2194 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2195 // error cases.
2196 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2197 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002198
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002199 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2200 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2201 return ExprError();
2202 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2203 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2204 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2205 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2206 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2207 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2208 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2209 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2210 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2211 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2212 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2213 // AST for a function decl.
2214 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002215 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002216 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2217 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2218 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2219 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2220 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2221 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002222
2223 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2224 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002225 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002227 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002228 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2229 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002230 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002231 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002232 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002233
2234 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2235 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2236 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002237 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002238 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002239 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002240 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002241 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002242 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002243 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002245 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002246 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002247 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002249 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002250 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002251 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2252 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2253 // Check the use of this declaration
2254 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2255 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002256
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002257 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2258 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2259 }
2260 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2261 // Check the use of this method.
2262 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2263 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002264
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002265 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266 OMD->getResultType(),
2267 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002268 NULL, 0));
2269 }
2270 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002271
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002272 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002273 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002274 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002275 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2276 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002277 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002278 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002279 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2280 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2281 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002282 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002283
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002284 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002285 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002286 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2287 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2288 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002289 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002290 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002291 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002292 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2293 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002294 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002295 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2296 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002297 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002298 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2299 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002300 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002301 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2302 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2303 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002304
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002305 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002306 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2307 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002308 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2309 // selector is implemented.
2310
2311 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2312 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2313
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002314 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002315 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002316
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002317 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2318 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002319 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002320
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002321 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002322 if (!Getter)
2323 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002324 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002325 // Check if we can reference this property.
2326 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2327 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002328 }
2329 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2330 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002331 Selector SetterSel =
2332 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002333 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002334 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002335 if (!Setter) {
2336 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2337 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002338 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002339 }
2340 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002341 if (!Setter)
2342 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002343
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002344 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2345 return ExprError();
2346
2347 if (Getter || Setter) {
2348 QualType PType;
2349
2350 if (Getter)
2351 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002352 else
2353 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2354 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002355 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002356 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002357 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2358 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002359 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002360 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002361 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002362
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002363 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002365 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002366 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002367 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2368 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2369
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002370 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002371 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002372 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002373 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2374 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002376 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002377 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002378 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002379
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002380 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2381 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2382
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002383 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002384}
2385
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002386Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2387 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2388 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2389 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2390 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2391 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2392 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2393 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2394 TemplateName Template
2395 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2396
2397 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2398 // twice!
2399 DeclarationName Name;
2400 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2401 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2402 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2403 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002404 else {
2405 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2406 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2407 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2408 else
2409 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2410 }
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002411
2412 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2413 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2414 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002415 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2416
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002417 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
2418 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
2419 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
2420 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002421 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2422
2423 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2424 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2425 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002426 Name, &TemplateArgs, DeclPtrTy(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002427 &SS);
2428 }
2429
2430 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2431 // DeclarationName.
2432 OwningExprResult Result
2433 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2434 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2435 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2436 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2437
2438 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2439 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2440 return move(Result);
2441
2442 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2443 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2444 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2445 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2446 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2447 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2448 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2449 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2450 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2451
2452 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2453 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002454}
2455
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002456Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2457 FunctionDecl *FD,
2458 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2459 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2460 Diag (CallLoc,
2461 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2462 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002463 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002464 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2465 } else {
2466 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2467 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2468
2469 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002470 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002471
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2473 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002474 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002475
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002476 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002477 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002478 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002479
2480 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002481 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2482 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2483 return ExprError();
2484 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002485
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002486 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002487
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002488 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2489 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2490 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002492 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002493 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002494 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2495 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2496 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2497 }
2498 }
2499
2500 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2501 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2502}
2503
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002504/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2505/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2506/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2507/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2508/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2509/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002510bool
2511Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002512 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002513 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002514 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2515 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002516 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002517 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2518 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2519 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002520 bool Invalid = false;
2521
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002522 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2523 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2524 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2525 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2526 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2527 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2528 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2529 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002530 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002531 }
2532
2533 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2534 // them.
2535 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2536 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2537 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2538 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2539 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2540 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2541 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2542 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002543 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002544 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002545 }
2546 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2547 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002548
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002549 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2550 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2551 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002552
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002553 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002554 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002555 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002556
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002557 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2558 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002559 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2560 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002561 return true;
2562
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002563 // Pass the argument.
2564 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2565 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002566
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002567 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2568 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002569 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002570 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002571
2572 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002573 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2574 FDecl, Param);
2575 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2576 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002577
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002578 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002579 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002581 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2582 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002583
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002584 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2585 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002586 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2587 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2588 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2589 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2590 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2591
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002592 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Eli Friedmana9ea9592009-11-14 04:43:10 +00002593 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002594 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002595 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002596 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2597 }
2598 }
2599
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002600 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002601}
2602
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002603/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2604/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2605/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2606/// template arguments, etc.
2607void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002608 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002609 DeclarationName &Name,
2610 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2611 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2612 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002613 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002614 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002615 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002616 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002617 Name = DeclarationName();
2618 Qualifier = 0;
2619 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2620 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002621 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002622 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002623
2624 // Most of the explicit tracking of ArgumentDependentLookup in this
2625 // function can disappear when we handle unresolved
2626 // TemplateIdRefExprs properly.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002627
2628 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2629 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2630 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2631 while (true) {
2632 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2633 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2634 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2635 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2636 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2637 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2638 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2639 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2640 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2641 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2642 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002643 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002644 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2645 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2646 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002647 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002648 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002649 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2650 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2651 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2652 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2653 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002654 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002655 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2656 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002657 break;
2658 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2659 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002660 if (NamedDecl *Function
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002661 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2662 Name = Function->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002663 Fns.push_back(Function);
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002664 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002665 else {
2666 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overload
2667 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002668 Name = Overload->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002669 Fns.append(Overload->function_begin(), Overload->function_end());
2670 }
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002671 Overloaded = true;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002672 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002673 TemplateIdRef->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002674
2675 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2676 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2677 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2678 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2679 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2680 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2681 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2682 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2683 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2684 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2685 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2686 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2687 //
2688 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2689 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2690 // is still possible.
2691 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2692 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2693 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2694 }
2695 break;
2696 } else {
2697 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2698 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2699 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2700 break;
2701 }
2702 }
2703}
2704
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002705/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002706/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2707/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002708Action::OwningExprResult
2709Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2710 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002711 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002712 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002713
2714 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2715 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002716
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002717 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002718 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002719 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002721 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002722 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2723 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2724 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2725 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2726 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2727 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2728 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2729 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002730
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002731 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2732 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002733
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002734 NumArgs = 0;
2735 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002736
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002737 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2738 RParenLoc));
2739 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002740
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002741 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002742 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002743 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2744 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002745 bool Dependent = false;
2746 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2747 Dependent = true;
2748 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2749 Dependent = true;
2750
2751 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002752 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002753 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2754
2755 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2756 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2757 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2758 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2759
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002760 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002761 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2762 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2763 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2764 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2765 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2766 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2767 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002768 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2769 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002770 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002771
2772 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2773 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2774 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2775 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002776 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2777 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2778 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002779
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002780 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2781 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2782 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2783 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002784
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002785 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2786 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2787 TheCall.get(), 0))
2788 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002789
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002790 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2791 RParenLoc))
2792 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002793
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002794 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2795 }
2796 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2797 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2798 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002799 }
2800 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002801 }
2802
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002803 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002804 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002805 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002806 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
2807 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002808 bool Overloaded;
2809 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002810 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002811 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002812 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2813 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002814 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002815 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002816 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002817
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002818 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
2819 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002820
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002821 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
2822#ifndef NDEBUG
2823 if (ADL) {
2824 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
2825 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
2826
2827 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
2828 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
2829 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
2830 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2831 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
2832
2833 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2834 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
2835 }
2836
2837 if (Overloaded) {
2838 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
2839 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
2840 // infinite set of functions).
2841 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
2842 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
2843 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
2844 && "unrecognized overload situation");
2845 }
2846#endif
2847
2848 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002849 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002850 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2851 RParenLoc, ADL);
2852 if (!FDecl)
2853 return ExprError();
2854
2855 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
2856
2857 NDecl = FDecl;
2858 } else {
2859 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
2860 if (Fns.empty())
2861 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
2862 else {
2863 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002864 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002865 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002866 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002867
2868 // Promote the function operand.
2869 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2870
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002871 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2872 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002873 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2874 Args, NumArgs,
2875 Context.BoolTy,
2876 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002877
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002878 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2879 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2880 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2881 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002882 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002883 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002884 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2885 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002886 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002887 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002888 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002889 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002890 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002891 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002892 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2893 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2894
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002895 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002896 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2897 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2898 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002899 return ExprError();
2900
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002901 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002902 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002903
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002904 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002905 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002906 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002907 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002908 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002909 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002910
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002911 if (FDecl) {
2912 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2913 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2914 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002915 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002916 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002917 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002918 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2919 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2920 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2921 }
2922 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002923 }
2924
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002925 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002926 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2927 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2928 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002929 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2930 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002931 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2932 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002933 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002934 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002935 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002936 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002937
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002938 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2939 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002940 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2941 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002942
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002943 // Check for sentinels
2944 if (NDecl)
2945 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002946
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002947 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002948 if (FDecl) {
2949 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2950 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002951
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002952 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002953 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2954 } else if (NDecl) {
2955 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2956 return ExprError();
2957 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002958
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002959 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002960}
2961
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002962Action::OwningExprResult
2963Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2964 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002965 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002966 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2967 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002968 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002969 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002970 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002971
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002972 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002973 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002974 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2975 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002976 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2977 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002978 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002979 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002980 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002981 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002982
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002983 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002984 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002985 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002986
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002987 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002988 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002989 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002990 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002991 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002992 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002993 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002994 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002995}
2996
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002997Action::OwningExprResult
2998Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002999 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3000 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3001 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003002
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003003 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003004 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003005
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003006 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003007 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003008 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003009 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003010}
3011
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003012static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3013 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003014 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003015 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3016
3017 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3018 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3019 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3020 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3021 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3022 }
3023
3024 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3025 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3026 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3027 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3028 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3029 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3030 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3031 }
3032
3033 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3034 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3035 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3036 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3037 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3038 }
3039
3040 // FIXME: Assert here.
3041 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3042 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3043}
3044
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003045/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003046bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003047 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003048 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3049 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003050 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003051 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3052 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003053
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003054 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003055
3056 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3057 // type needs to be scalar.
3058 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3059 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003060 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3061 return false;
3062 }
3063
3064 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003065 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003066 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3067 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003068 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003069 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3070 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003071 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003072 return false;
3073 }
3074
3075 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003076 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003077 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003078 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003079 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003080 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003081 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3082 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003083 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3084 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3085 break;
3086 }
3087 }
3088 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3089 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3090 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003091 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003092 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003093 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003094
3095 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3096 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3097 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3098 }
3099
3100 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3101 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003102 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3103 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003104 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003105 }
3106
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003107 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3108 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3109
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003110 if (castType->isVectorType())
3111 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3112 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3113 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3114
3115 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003116 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003117
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003118 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3119 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3120
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003121 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003122 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3123 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3124 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3125 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3126 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3127 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3128 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3129 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3130 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3131 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003132 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003133
3134 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003135 return false;
3136}
3137
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003138bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3139 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003140 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003141
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003142 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003143 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003144 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003145 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003146 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003147 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003148 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003149 } else
3150 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003151 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003152 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003153
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003154 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003155 return false;
3156}
3157
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003158bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3159 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003160 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003161
3162 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3163
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003164 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3165 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003166 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3167 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3168 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3169 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003170 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003171 return false;
3172 }
3173
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003174 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003175 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3176 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003177 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3178 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3179 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3180 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003181
3182 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3183 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3184 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003185
3186 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003187 return false;
3188}
3189
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003190Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003191Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003192 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003193 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003194
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003195 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3196 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003197
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003198 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003199 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3200 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003201
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003202 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3203 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3204 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003205 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003206 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003207 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003208 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003209
3210 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003211 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003212 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003213
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003214 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3215 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003216
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003217 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3218 } else {
3219 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003220 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003221
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003222 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003223 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003224 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003225}
3226
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003227/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3228/// of comma binary operators.
3229Action::OwningExprResult
3230Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3231 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3232 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3233 if (!E)
3234 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003235
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003236 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003237
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003238 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3239 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3240 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003241
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003242 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3243}
3244
3245Action::OwningExprResult
3246Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3247 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3248 QualType Ty) {
3249 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003250
3251 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003252 // then handle it as such.
3253 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3254 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3255 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3256 return ExprError();
3257 }
3258
3259 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3260 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3261 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3262
3263 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3264 // braces instead of the original commas.
3265 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003266 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003267 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3268 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003269 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003270 Owned(E));
3271 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003272 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003273 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3274 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3275 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3276 }
3277}
3278
3279Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3280 SourceLocation R,
3281 MultiExprArg Val) {
3282 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3283 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3284 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3285 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3286 return Owned(expr);
3287}
3288
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003289/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3290/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003291/// C99 6.5.15
3292QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3293 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003294 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3295 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3296 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3297
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003298 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3299
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003300 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3301 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3302 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3303 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3304 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3305 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003306
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003307 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003308 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3309 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3310 << CondTy;
3311 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003312 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003313
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003314 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003315 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3316 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003317
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003318 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3319 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003320 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3321 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3322 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003323 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003324
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003325 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3326 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003327 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3328 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003329 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003331 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003332 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003333 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003334 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003335
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003336 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003337 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003338 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3339 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3340 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3341 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3342 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3343 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3344 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003345 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3346 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003347 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003348 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003349 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3350 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003351 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003352 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003353 // promote the null to a pointer.
3354 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003355 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003356 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003357 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003358 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003359 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003360 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003361 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003362 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3363 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3364 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3365 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3366 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003367 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003368 return LHSTy;
3369 }
3370 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3371 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003372 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003373 return RHSTy;
3374 }
3375 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3376 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3377 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003378 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003379 return LHSTy;
3380 }
3381 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3382 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003383 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003384 return RHSTy;
3385 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003386 // Handle block pointer types.
3387 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3388 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3389 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3390 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003391 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3392 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003393 return destType;
3394 }
3395 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3396 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3397 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003398 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003399 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3400 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3401 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003402 return LHSTy;
3403 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003404 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003405 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3406 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003407
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003408 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3409 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003410 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3411 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3412 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3413 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3414 // to get a consistent AST.
3415 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003416 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3417 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003418 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003419 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003420 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003421 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3422 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003423 return LHSTy;
3424 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003425 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003426 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003427
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003428 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3429 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3430 return LHSTy;
3431 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003432 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3433 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003434 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003435
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003436 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3437 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3438 // type. This allows
3439 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3440 // where B is a subclass of A.
3441 //
3442 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3443 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3444 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3445 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3446
3447 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3448 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003449 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003450 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003451 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003452 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003453 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003454 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003455 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003457 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3458 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3459 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3460 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3461 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003462 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003463 } else if (!(compositeType =
3464 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3465 ;
3466 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003467 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3468 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3469 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3470 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003471 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3472 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003473 return incompatTy;
3474 }
3475 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003476 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3477 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003478 return compositeType;
3479 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003480 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3481 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003482 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003483 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003484 QualType destPointee
3485 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003486 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003487 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3488 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3489 // Promote to void*.
3490 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003491 return destType;
3492 }
3493 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003494 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003495 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003496 QualType destPointee
3497 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003498 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003499 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3500 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3501 // Promote to void*.
3502 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003503 return destType;
3504 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003505 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3506 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3507 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003508 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3509 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003510
3511 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3512 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3513 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003514 QualType destPointee
3515 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003516 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003517 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3518 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3519 // Promote to void*.
3520 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003521 return destType;
3522 }
3523 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003524 QualType destPointee
3525 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003526 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003527 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003528 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003529 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003530 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003531 return destType;
3532 }
3533
3534 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3535 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3536 return LHSTy;
3537 }
3538 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3539 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3540 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3541 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3542 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3543 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3544 // to get a consistent AST.
3545 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003546 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3547 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003548 return incompatTy;
3549 }
3550 // The pointer types are compatible.
3551 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3552 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3553 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3554 // type.
3555 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3556 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003557 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3558 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003559 return LHSTy;
3560 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003561
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003562 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3563 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3564 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3565 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003566 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003567 return RHSTy;
3568 }
3569 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3570 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3571 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003572 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003573 return LHSTy;
3574 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003575
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003576 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003577 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3578 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003579 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003580}
3581
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003582/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003583/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003584Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3585 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3586 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3587 ExprArg RHS) {
3588 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3589 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003590
3591 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3592 // was the condition.
3593 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3594 if (isLHSNull)
3595 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003596
3597 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003598 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003599 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003600 return ExprError();
3601
3602 Cond.release();
3603 LHS.release();
3604 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003605 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003606 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003607 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003608}
3609
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003610// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003611// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003612// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3613// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3614// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003615Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003616Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003617 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003618
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003619 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3620 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3621 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3622 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3623 return Compatible;
3624 }
3625
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003626 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003627 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3628 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003629
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003630 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003631 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3632 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003633
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003634 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003635
3636 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3637 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3638 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003639 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003640 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003641 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003642
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003643 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3644 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003645 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003646 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003647 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003648 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003649
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003650 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003651 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3652 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003653 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003654
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003655 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003656 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003657 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003658
3659 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003660 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3661 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003662 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003663 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003664 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003665 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3666 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3667 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3668 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3669 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3670 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003671 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003672 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003673 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003674 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003675
3676 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003677 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003678 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003679 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003680
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003681 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3682 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3683 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3684 // warning can be disabled.
3685 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3686 return ConvTy;
3687 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3688 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003689
3690 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3691 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3692 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3693 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3694 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3695 do {
3696 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3697 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3698
3699 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3700 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3701 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3702
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003703 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003704 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003705 }
3706
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003707 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003708 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003709 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003710 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003711}
3712
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003713/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3714/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3715/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3716// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003717Sema::AssignConvertType
3718Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003719 QualType rhsType) {
3720 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003722 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003723 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3724 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003726 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3727 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3728 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003729
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003730 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003731
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003732 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003733 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003734 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003735
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003736 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003737 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003738 return ConvTy;
3739}
3740
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003741/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3742/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003743/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3744///
3745/// int a, *pint;
3746/// short *pshort;
3747/// struct foo *pfoo;
3748///
3749/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3750/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3751/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3752/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3753///
3754/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003755/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003756///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003757Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003758Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003759 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3760 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003761 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3762 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003763
3764 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003765 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003766
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003767 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3768 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3769 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3770 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3771 return Compatible;
3772 }
3773
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003774 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3775 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3776 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3777 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3778 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3779 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3780 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003781 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003782 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003783 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003784 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003785 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003786 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3787 // to the same ExtVector type.
3788 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3789 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3790 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3791 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3792 return Compatible;
3793 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003794
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003795 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003796 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003797 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003798 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003799 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3800 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003801 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003802 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003803 }
3804 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003805 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003806
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003807 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003808 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003809
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003810 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003811 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003812 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003813
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003814 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003815 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003816
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003817 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003818 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003819 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3820 return Compatible;
3821 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003822 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003823 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3824 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003825 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003826
3827 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003828 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003829 return Compatible;
3830 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003831 return Incompatible;
3832 }
3833
3834 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3835 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003836 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003837
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003838 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003839 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003840 return Compatible;
3841
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003842 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3843 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003844
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003845 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003846 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003847 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003848 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003849 return Incompatible;
3850 }
3851
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003852 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3853 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3854 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003855
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003856 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003857 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003858 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3859 return Compatible;
3860 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003861 }
3862 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003863 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3864 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003865 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3866 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003867 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3868 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003869 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003870 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003871 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003872 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3873 return Compatible;
3874 }
3875 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3876 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3877 return Compatible;
3878 return Incompatible;
3879 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003880 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003881 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003882 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3883 return Compatible;
3884
3885 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003886 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003887
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003888 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003889 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003890
3891 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003892 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003893 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003894 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003895 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003896 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3897 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3898 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3899 return Compatible;
3900
3901 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3902 return PointerToInt;
3903
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003904 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003905 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003906 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3907 return Compatible;
3908 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003909 }
3910 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003911 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003912 return Compatible;
3913 return Incompatible;
3914 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003915
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003916 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003917 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003918 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003919 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003920 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003921}
3922
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003923/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3924/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003925static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003926 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3927 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3928 // of the transparent union.
3929 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3930 &E, 1,
3931 SourceLocation());
3932 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3933 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3934
3935 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3936 // union type from this initializer list.
3937 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3938 false);
3939}
3940
3941Sema::AssignConvertType
3942Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3943 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3944
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003945 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003946 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3947 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003948 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003949 return Incompatible;
3950
3951 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3952 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3953 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3954 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003955 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3956 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003957 it != itend; ++it) {
3958 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3959 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3960 // 1) void pointer
3961 // 2) null pointer constant
3962 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003963 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003964 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003965 InitField = *it;
3966 break;
3967 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003968
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003969 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3970 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003971 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003972 InitField = *it;
3973 break;
3974 }
3975 }
3976
3977 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3978 == Compatible) {
3979 InitField = *it;
3980 break;
3981 }
3982 }
3983
3984 if (!InitField)
3985 return Incompatible;
3986
3987 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3988 return Compatible;
3989}
3990
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003991Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003992Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003993 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3994 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3995 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3996 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3997 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003998 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3999 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004000 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004001 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004002 }
4003
4004 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4005 // structures.
4006 }
4007
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004008 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4009 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004010 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4011 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004012 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004013 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4014 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004015 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004016 return Compatible;
4017 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004018
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004019 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004020 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004021 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004022 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004023 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004024 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004025 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4026 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004027
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004028 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4029 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004030
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004031 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4032 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004033 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4034 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4035 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4036 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004037 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004038 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4039 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004040 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004041}
4042
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004043QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004044 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004045 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004046 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004047 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004048}
4049
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004050inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004051 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004052 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004053 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004054 QualType lhsType =
4055 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4056 QualType rhsType =
4057 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004058
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004059 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004060 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004061 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004062
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004063 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4064 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004065 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4066 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004067 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4068 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004069 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004070 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004071 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004072 }
4073 }
4074 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004076 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4077 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4078 bool swapped = false;
4079 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4080 swapped = true;
4081 std::swap(rex, lex);
4082 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4083 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004084
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004085 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004086 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004087 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4088 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4089 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004090 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004091 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4092 return lhsType;
4093 }
4094 }
4095 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4096 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4097 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004098 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004099 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4100 return lhsType;
4101 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004102 }
4103 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004104
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004105 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004106 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004107 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004108 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004109 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004110}
4111
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004112inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004113 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004114 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004115 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004117 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004119 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004120 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004121 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004122}
4123
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004124inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004125 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004126 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4127 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4128 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4129 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4130 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004131
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004132 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004133
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004134 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004135 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004136 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004137}
4138
4139inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004140 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004141 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4142 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4143 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4144 return compType;
4145 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004146
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004147 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004148
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004149 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004150 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4151 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4152 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004153 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004154 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004155
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004156 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4157 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004158 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004159 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4160
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004161 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004162
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004163 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004164 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004165
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004166 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4167 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004168 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004170 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004171 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004172 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004173
4174 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4175 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4176 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004177 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004178 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4179 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4180 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4181 return QualType();
4182 }
4183
4184 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4185 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4186 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004187 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004188 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004189 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004190 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004191 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4192 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004193 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4194 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004195 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004196 return QualType();
4197 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004198 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4199 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4200 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4201 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4202 return QualType();
4203 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004204
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004205 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004206 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4207 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4208 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4209 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4210 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004211 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004212 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4213 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004214 return PExp->getType();
4215 }
4216 }
4217
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004218 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004219}
4220
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004221// C99 6.5.6
4222QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004223 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4224 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4225 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4226 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4227 return compType;
4228 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004229
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004230 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004231
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004232 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004233
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004234 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004235 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4236 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004237 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004238 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004239 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004240
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004241 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004242 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004243 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004244
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004245 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004246
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004247 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4248 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4249 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4250 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4251 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4252 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4253 return QualType();
4254 }
4255
4256 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4257 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4258 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4259 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4260 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004261 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004262 return QualType();
4263 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004264
4265 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4266 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4267 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004268 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004269 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004270 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004271 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004272 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004273
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004274 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4275 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4276 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4277 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4278 return QualType();
4279 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004280
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004281 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004282 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4283 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4284 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4285 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4286 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4287 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004288 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004289 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4290
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004291 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004292 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004293 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004294
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004295 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004296 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004297 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004298
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004299 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4300 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4301 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4302 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4303 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4304 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4305 return QualType();
4306 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004307
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004308 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4309 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4310 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4311 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004312 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004313 return QualType();
4314 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004315
4316 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4317 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4318 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4319 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4320 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004321 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4322 << rex->getSourceRange()
4323 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004324 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004325
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004326 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4327 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4328 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4329 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4330 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4331 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4332 return QualType();
4333 }
4334 } else {
4335 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4336 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4337 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4338 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4339 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4340 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4341 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4342 return QualType();
4343 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004344 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004345
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004346 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4347 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4348 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4349 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4350 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004351 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004352 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004353
4354 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004355 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4356 }
4357 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004358
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004359 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004360}
4361
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004362// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004363QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004364 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004365 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4366 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004367 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004369 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4370 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4371 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4372
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004373 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4374 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004375 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4376 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4377 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4378 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4379 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004380 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004381 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004382 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004383
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004384 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004385
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004386 // Sanity-check shift operands
4387 llvm::APSInt Right;
4388 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004389 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4390 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004391 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004392 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4393 else {
4394 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4395 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4396 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4397 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4398 }
4399 }
4400
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004401 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004402 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004403}
4404
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004405/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4406///
4407/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4408/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4409/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004410/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4411/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004412void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004413 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004414 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4415 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4416 return;
4417
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004418 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4419
4420 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4421 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4422 return;
4423
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004424 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4425 // chance at instantiation time.
4426 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4427 return;
4428
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004429 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4430 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004431 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004432 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4433 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4434 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004435 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004436 } else {
4437 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4438 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004439 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004440 }
4441
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004442 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004443 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4444 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004445 // of the comparison will be exact.
4446 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4447 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4448 return;
4449
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004450 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4451 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4452 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004453 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004454 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4455
4456 if (value.isNonNegative())
4457 return;
4458 }
4459
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004460 if (Equality) {
4461 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004462 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4463 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4464 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004465 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4466 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4467
4468 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4469 if (value.isNonNegative())
4470 return;
4471 }
4472 }
4473
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004474 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004475 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4476 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4477}
4478
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004479// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004480QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004481 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4482 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4483
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004484 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004485 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004486
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004487 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4488 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004489
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004490 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004491 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4492 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4493 else {
4494 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4495 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4496 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004497 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4498 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004499
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004500 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4501 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004502 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4503 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4504 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004505 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004506 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004507 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4508 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4509 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4510 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004511 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4512 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004513 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004514
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004515 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4516 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4517 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4518 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004519
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004520 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4521 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004522 Expr *literalString = 0;
4523 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004524 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004525 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4526 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004527 literalString = lex;
4528 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004529 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4530 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004531 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4532 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004533 literalString = rex;
4534 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4535 }
4536
4537 if (literalString) {
4538 std::string resultComparison;
4539 switch (Opc) {
4540 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4541 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4542 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4543 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4544 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4545 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4546 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4547 }
4548 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4549 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4550 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004551 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4552 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4553 "strcmp(")
4554 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4555 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004556 resultComparison);
4557 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004558 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004559
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004560 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004561 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004562
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004563 if (isRelational) {
4564 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004565 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004566 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004567 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004568 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004569 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004570 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004571 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004572
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004573 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004574 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004575 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004576
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004577 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4578 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4579 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4580 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004581
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004582 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4583 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4584 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004585 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004586 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004587 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004588 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004589 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004590
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004591 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004592 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4593 return ResultTy;
4594
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004595 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4596 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4597 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4598 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4599 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4600 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004601 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004602 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004603 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004604 if (T.isNull()) {
4605 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4606 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4607 return QualType();
4608 }
4609
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004610 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4611 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004612 return ResultTy;
4613 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004614 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4615 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4616 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4617 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4618 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4619 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4620 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4621 }
4622 } else if (!isRelational &&
4623 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4624 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4625 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4626 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4627 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4628 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4629 }
4630 } else {
4631 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004632 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004633 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004634 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004635 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004636 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004637 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004638 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004639
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004640 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004641 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004642 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004643 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004644 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4645 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004646 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004647 return ResultTy;
4648 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004649 if (LHSIsNull &&
4650 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4651 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004652 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004653 return ResultTy;
4654 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004655
4656 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004657 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004658 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4659 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004660 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4661 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4662 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4663 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4664 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4665 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4666 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4667 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004668 // types.
4669 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4670 if (T.isNull()) {
4671 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4672 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4673 return QualType();
4674 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004675
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004676 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4677 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004678 return ResultTy;
4679 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004680
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004681 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004682 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4683 return ResultTy;
4684 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004685
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004686 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004687 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004688 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4689 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004690
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004691 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004692 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004693 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004694 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004695 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004696 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004697 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004698 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004699 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004700 if (!isRelational
4701 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4702 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004703 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004704 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004705 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004706 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004707 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4708 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4709 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004710 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004711 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004712 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004713 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004714
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004715 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004716 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004717 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4718 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004719 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004720 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004721 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004722 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004723
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004724 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4725 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004726 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004727 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004728 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004729 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004730 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004731 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004732 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004733 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004734 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4735 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004736 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004737 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004738 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004739 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004740 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004741 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4742 if (RHSIsNull) {
4743 if (isRelational)
4744 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4745 } else if (isRelational)
4746 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4747 else
4748 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004749
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004750 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004751 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004752 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004753 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004754 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004755 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004756 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004757 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004758 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4759 if (LHSIsNull) {
4760 if (isRelational)
4761 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4762 } else if (isRelational)
4763 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4764 else
4765 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004766
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004767 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004768 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004769 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004770 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004771 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004772 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004773 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004774 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004775 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4776 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004777 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004778 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004779 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004780 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4781 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004782 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004783 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004784 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004785 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004786}
4787
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004788/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004789/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004790/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4791/// types.
4792QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004793 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004794 bool isRelational) {
4795 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4796 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004797 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004798 if (vType.isNull())
4799 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004800
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004801 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4802 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004803
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004804 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4805 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4806 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4807 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4808 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4809 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4810 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004811 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004812 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004813
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004814 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4815 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4816 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004817 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004818 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004819
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004820 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4821 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4822 // elements for floating point vectors.
4823 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4824 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004825
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004826 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004827 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004828 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004829 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004830 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004831 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4832
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004833 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004834 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004835 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4836}
4837
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004838inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004839 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004840 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004841 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004842
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004843 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004844
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004845 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004846 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004847 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004848}
4849
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004850inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004851 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004852 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4853 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004854
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004855 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4856 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4857
4858 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4859 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4860 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4861 return Context.BoolTy;
4862 }
4863
4864 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004865}
4866
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004867/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4868/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4869/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4870///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004871static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004872 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4873 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4874 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4875 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004876 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004877 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4878 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4879 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4880 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004881 }
4882 }
4883 return false;
4884}
4885
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004886/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4887/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4888static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004889 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004890 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004891 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004892 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4893 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004894 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4895 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004896
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004897 unsigned Diag = 0;
4898 bool NeedType = false;
4899 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4900 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4901 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004903 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4904 NeedType = true;
4905 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004906 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004907 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4908 NeedType = true;
4909 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004910 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004911 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4912 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004913 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004914 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4915 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004916 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4917 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004918 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004919 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4920 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004921 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004922 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4923 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004924 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004925 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4926 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004927 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4928 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4929 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004930 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4931 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4932 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004933 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004934
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004935 SourceRange Assign;
4936 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4937 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004938 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004939 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004940 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004941 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004942 return true;
4943}
4944
4945
4946
4947// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004948QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4949 SourceLocation Loc,
4950 QualType CompoundType) {
4951 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4952 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004953 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004954
4955 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4956 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004957
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004958 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004959 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004960 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004961 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004962 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4963 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4964 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004965 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004966 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004967 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004968 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004969
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004970 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4971 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4972 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004973 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004974 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4975 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4976 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4977 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4978 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004979 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004980 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004981 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4982 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4983 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004984 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4985 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004986 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4987 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4988 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004989 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004990 }
4991 } else {
4992 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004993 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004994 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004995
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004996 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4997 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004998 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004999
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005000 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5001 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005002 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005003 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5004 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005005 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005006 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005007 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005008}
5009
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005010// C99 6.5.17
5011QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005012 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005013 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005014
5015 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5016 // incomplete in C++).
5017
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005018 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005019}
5020
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005021/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5022/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005023QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5024 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005025 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5026 return Context.DependentTy;
5027
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005028 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5029 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005030
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005031 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5032 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5033 if (!isInc) {
5034 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5035 return QualType();
5036 }
5037 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5038 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5039 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005040 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005041 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5042 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005043
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005044 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005045 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005046 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5047 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5048 << Op->getSourceRange();
5049 return QualType();
5050 }
5051
5052 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005053 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005054 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005055 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5056 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5057 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5058 return QualType();
5059 }
5060
5061 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005062 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005063 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005064 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005065 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005066 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005067 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005068 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5069 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5070 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5071 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5072 return QualType();
5073 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005074 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5075 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5076 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005077 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005078 } else {
5079 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005080 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005081 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005082 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005083 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005084 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005085 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005086 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005087 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005088}
5089
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005090/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005091/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005092/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5093/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5094/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5095/// - &(x) => x
5096/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5097/// - &s.xx => s
5098/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5099/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5100/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5101/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005102static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005103 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005104 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005105 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005106 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005107 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5108 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5109 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005110 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005111 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005112 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005113 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005114 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005115 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5116 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005117 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5118 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5119 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5120 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5121 }
5122 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005123 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005124 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5125 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005126
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005127 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005128 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5129 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5130 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5131 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5132 default:
5133 return 0;
5134 }
5135 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005136 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005137 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005138 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005139 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5140 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005141 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005142 default:
5143 return 0;
5144 }
5145}
5146
5147/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005148/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005149/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005150/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005151/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005152/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005153/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005154QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005155 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5156 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5157
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005158 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5159 return Context.DependentTy;
5160
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005161 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5162 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5163 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5164 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5165 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5166 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5167 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5168 }
5169 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5170 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5171 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005172 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005173 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005174
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005175 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5176 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005177 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005178 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005179 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005180 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5181 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005182 return QualType();
5183 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005184 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005185 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5186 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5187 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005188 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005189 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5190 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005191 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005192 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005193 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005194 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005195 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5196 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5197 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5198 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5199 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005200 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5201 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005202 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5203 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005204 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5205 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005206 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005207 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005208 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5209 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005210 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005211 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5212 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005213 return QualType();
5214 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005215 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005216 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005217 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005218 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005219 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5220 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005221 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005222 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005223 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5224 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005225 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005226 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5227 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5228 return QualType();
5229 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005230
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005231 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5232 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005233 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005234 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005235 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005236 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005237 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005238 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5239 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005240 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5241 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5242 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005243 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005244 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005245
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005246 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5247 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5248 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5249 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5250 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5251 }
5252
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005253 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005254 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005255}
5256
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005257QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005258 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5259 return Context.DependentTy;
5260
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005261 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5262 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005263
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005264 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5265 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5266 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5267 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005268 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005269 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005270
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005271 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005272 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005273
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005274 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005275 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005276 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005277}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005278
5279static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5280 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5281 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5282 switch (Kind) {
5283 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005284 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5285 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005286 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5287 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5288 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5289 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5290 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5291 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5292 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5293 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5294 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5295 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5296 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5297 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5298 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5299 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5300 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5301 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5302 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5303 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5304 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5305 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5306 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5307 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5308 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5309 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5310 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5311 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5312 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5313 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5314 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5315 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5316 }
5317 return Opc;
5318}
5319
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005320static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5321 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5322 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5323 switch (Kind) {
5324 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5325 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5326 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5327 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5328 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5329 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5330 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5331 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5332 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005333 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5334 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005335 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005336 }
5337 return Opc;
5338}
5339
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005340/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5341/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5342/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005343Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5344 unsigned Op,
5345 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005346 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005347 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005348 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5349 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5350 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005351
5352 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005353 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5354 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5355 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005356 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5357 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5358 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5359 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5360 break;
5361 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005362 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5363 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5364 break;
5365 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5366 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5367 break;
5368 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5369 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5370 break;
5371 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5372 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5373 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005374 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005375 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5376 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5377 break;
5378 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5379 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5380 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5381 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005382 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005383 break;
5384 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5385 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005386 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005387 break;
5388 case BinaryOperator::And:
5389 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5390 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5391 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5392 break;
5393 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5394 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5395 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5396 break;
5397 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5398 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005399 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5400 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5401 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5402 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005403 break;
5404 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005405 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5406 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5407 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5408 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005409 break;
5410 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005411 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5412 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5413 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005414 break;
5415 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005416 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5417 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5418 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005419 break;
5420 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5421 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005422 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5423 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5424 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5425 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005426 break;
5427 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5428 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5429 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005430 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5431 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5432 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5433 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005434 break;
5435 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5436 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5437 break;
5438 }
5439 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005440 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005441 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005442 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5443 else
5444 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005445 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5446 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005447}
5448
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005449/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5450/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005451static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5452 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5453 SourceRange ParenRange)
5454{
5455 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5456 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5457 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5458 // warning/error and return.
5459 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5460 return;
5461 }
5462
5463 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5464 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5465 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5466}
5467
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005468/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5469/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5470/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5471/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005472static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5473 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005474 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5475 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5476 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5477 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005478 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005479 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005480 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5481
5482 // Subs are not binary operators.
5483 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5484 return;
5485
5486 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5487 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005488 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5489 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005490 return;
5491
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005492 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005493 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5494 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005495 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5496 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5497 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5498 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005499 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5500 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005501 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5502 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5503 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005504}
5505
5506/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5507/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5508/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5509static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5510 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005511 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005512 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5513}
5514
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005515// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005516Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5517 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5518 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005519 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005520 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005521
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005522 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5523 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005524
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005525 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5526 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5527
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005528 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5529}
5530
5531Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5532 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5533 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005534 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005535 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005536 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5537 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5538 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5539 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5540 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005541 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005542 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5543 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005544 if (S)
5545 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5546 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005547 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005548 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005549 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005550 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005551 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005552
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005553 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5554 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005555 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005556 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005557
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005558 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005559 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005560}
5561
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005562Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005563 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005564 ExprArg InputArg) {
5565 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005566
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005567 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005568 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005569 QualType resultType;
5570 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005571 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5572 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5573 break;
5574
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005575 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5576 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005577 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5578 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005579 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005580 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5581 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005582 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005583 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005584 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005585 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005586 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005587 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005588 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005589 break;
5590 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5591 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005592 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5593 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005594 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5595 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005596 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5597 break;
5598 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5599 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5600 break;
5601 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5602 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5603 resultType->isPointerType())
5604 break;
5605
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005606 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5607 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005608 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005609 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5610 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005611 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5612 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005613 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5614 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5615 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005616 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005617 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005618 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005619 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5620 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005621 break;
5622 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005623 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005624 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5625 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005626 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5627 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005628 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005629 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5630 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005631 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005632 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5633 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005634 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005635 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005636 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005637 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005638 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005639 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005640 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005641 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005642 }
5643 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005644 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005645
5646 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005647 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005648}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005649
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005650Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5651 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5652 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005653 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005654 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5655 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005656 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5657 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5658 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5659 // the arguments.
5660 FunctionSet Functions;
5661 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5662 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005663 if (S)
5664 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5665 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005666 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005667 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005668 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005669 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005670
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005671 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5672 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005673
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005674 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5675}
5676
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005677// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5678Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5679 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5680 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5681}
5682
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005683/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005684Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5685 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5686 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005687 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005688 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005689
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005690 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5691 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005692 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005693 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005694
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005695 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005696 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5697 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005698}
5699
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005700Sema::OwningExprResult
5701Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5702 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5703 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005704 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5705 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5706
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005707 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005708 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005709 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005710
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005711 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5712 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5713 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005714
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005715 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5716 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5717 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005718
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005719 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5720 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5721 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5722 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5723 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005724
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005725 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005726 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005727 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005728
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005729 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5730 // expressions are not lvalues.
5731
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005732 substmt.release();
5733 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005734}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005735
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005736Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5737 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5738 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5739 TypeTy *argty,
5740 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5741 unsigned NumComponents,
5742 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5743 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5744 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005745 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5746 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005747 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005748
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005749 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5750
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005751 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5752 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5753 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005754 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005755 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005756
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005757 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5758 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005759
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005760 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5761 // the offsetof designators.
5762 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5763 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005764 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005765 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005766
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005767 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5768 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005769 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5770 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005771 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005772 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5773 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005774
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005775 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005776 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005777
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005778 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5779 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5780 return ExprError();
5781
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005782 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5783 // leaks like a sieve.
5784 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5785 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5786 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5787 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5788 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5789 if (!AT) {
5790 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005791 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5792 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005793 }
5794
5795 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5796
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005797 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5798 // expression.
5799 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5800
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005801 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5802 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005803 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005804 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005805 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005806 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005807 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005808
5809 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5810 OC.LocEnd);
5811 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005812 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005813
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005814 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005815 if (!RC) {
5816 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005817 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5818 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005819 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005820
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005821 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5822 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005823 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005824 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005825 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5826 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5827 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005828 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5829 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005830 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005831
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005832 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
5833 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005834
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005835 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005836 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005837 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005838 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005839 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5840 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005841
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005842 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5843 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005844 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005845 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005846 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005847 } else {
5848 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5849 // doesn't matter here.
5850 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5851 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5852 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005853 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005854 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005855
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005856 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5857 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005858}
5859
5860
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005861Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5862 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5863 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005864 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5865 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5866 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005867
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005868 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005869
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005870 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5871 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5872 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5873 return ExprError();
5874 }
5875
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005876 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5877 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005878}
5879
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005880Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5881 ExprArg cond,
5882 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5883 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5884 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5885 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5886 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005887
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005888 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5889
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005890 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005891 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005892 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005893 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005894 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005895 } else {
5896 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5897 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5898 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5899 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005900 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5901 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5902 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005903
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005904 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5905 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005906 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5907 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005908 }
5909
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005910 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5911 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005912 resType, RPLoc,
5913 resType->isDependentType(),
5914 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005915}
5916
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005917//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5918// Clang Extensions.
5919//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5920
5921/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005922void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005923 // Analyze block parameters.
5924 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005925
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005926 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5927 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5928 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005929
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005930 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005931 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005932 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005933 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005934 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5935 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005936
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005937 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005938 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005939}
5940
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005941void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005942 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005943
5944 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5945 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005946 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005947 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5948
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005949 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5950 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5951 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5952 return;
5953 }
5954
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005955 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5956 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5957 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5958
5959 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5960 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005961 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005962 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005963 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005964 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005965 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5966 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005967 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005968
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005969 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5970 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5971 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5972 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5973 return;
5974 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005975 return;
5976 }
5977
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005978 // Analyze arguments to block.
5979 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5980 "Not a function declarator!");
5981 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005982
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005983 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5984 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005985
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005986 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5987 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5988 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5989 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005990 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5991 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005992 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005993 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005994 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5995 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005996 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005997 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005998 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005999 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006000 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006001 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006002 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006003 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6004 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6005 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6006 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6007 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006008
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006009 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006010 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006011 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006012 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006013 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006014 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6015 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006016
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006017 // Analyze the return type.
6018 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006019 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006020
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006021 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6022 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6023 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6024 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6025 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006026 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006027}
6028
6029/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6030/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6031void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6032 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6033 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006034
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006035 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6036
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006037 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006038 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006039 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006040 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006041}
6042
6043/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6044/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006045Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6046 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006047 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6048 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6049 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006050
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006051 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6052 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006053
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006054 PopDeclContext();
6055
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006056 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6057 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006058
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006059 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006060 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6061 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006062
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006063 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6064 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6065 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006066
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006067 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006068 QualType BlockTy;
6069 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006070 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6071 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006072 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006073 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006074 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6075 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006076
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006077 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006078 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006079 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006080
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006081 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6082 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6083 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6084 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006085
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006086 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006087 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006088 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6089 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006090}
6091
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006092Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6093 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6094 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006095 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006096 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6097 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006098
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006099 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006100
6101 // Get the va_list type
6102 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006103 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6104 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6105 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6106 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006107 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006108 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6109 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6110 } else {
6111 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6112 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006113 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006114 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006115 return ExprError();
6116 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006117
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006118 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6119 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006120 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6121 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006122 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006123 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006124
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006125 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006126 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006127
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006128 expr.release();
6129 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6130 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006131}
6132
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006133Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006134 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6135 // pointers on the target.
6136 QualType Ty;
6137 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6138 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6139 else
6140 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6141
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006142 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006143}
6144
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006145static void
6146MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6147 QualType DstType,
6148 Expr *SrcExpr,
6149 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6150 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6151 return;
6152
6153 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6154 if (!PT)
6155 return;
6156
6157 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6158 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6159 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6160 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6161 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6162 return;
6163 }
6164
6165 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6166 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6167 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6168 return;
6169
6170 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6171}
6172
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006173bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6174 SourceLocation Loc,
6175 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6176 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6177 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6178 bool isInvalid = false;
6179 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006180 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6181
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006182 switch (ConvTy) {
6183 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6184 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006185 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006186 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6187 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006188 case IntToPointer:
6189 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6190 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006191 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006192 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006193 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6194 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006195 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6196 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6197 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006198 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6199 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6200 break;
6201 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006202 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6203 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6204 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6205 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6206 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6207 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6208 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6209 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6210 // C++ semantics.
6211 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6212 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6213 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006214 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6215 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006216 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006217 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006218 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006219 case IntToBlockPointer:
6220 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6221 break;
6222 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006223 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006224 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006225 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006226 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006227 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6228 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6229 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006230 case IncompatibleVectors:
6231 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6232 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006233 case Incompatible:
6234 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6235 isInvalid = true;
6236 break;
6237 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006238
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006239 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006240 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006241 return isInvalid;
6242}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006243
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006244bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006245 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6246 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6247 if (Result)
6248 *Result = ICEResult;
6249 return false;
6250 }
6251
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006252 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6253
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006254 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006255 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6256 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6257
6258 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6259 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6260 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6261 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6262 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6263 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6264 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006265
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006266 return true;
6267 }
6268
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006269 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6270 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006271
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006272 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6273 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6274 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006275
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006276 if (Result)
6277 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6278 return false;
6279}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006280
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006281Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6282Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006283 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6284 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6285 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006286
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006287 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6288 return NewContext;
6289}
6290
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006291void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006292Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6293 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6294 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6295
6296 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6297 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6298 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6299 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6300 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6301 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6302 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006303
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006304 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6305 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6306 I != IEnd; ++I)
6307 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6308 }
6309}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006310
6311/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6312///
6313/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6314/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6315/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6316/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6317///
6318/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6319///
6320/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6321void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6322 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006323
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006324 if (D->isUsed())
6325 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006326
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006327 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6328 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6329 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6330 // -Wunused-parameters)
6331 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6332 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006333 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006334
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006335 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6336 // an instantiation.
6337 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6338 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006339
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006340 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6341 case Unevaluated:
6342 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6343 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006344
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006345 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6346 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6347 // "used"; handle this below.
6348 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006349
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006350 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6351 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6352 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6353 // potentially evaluated.
6354 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6355 return;
6356 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006357
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006358 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006359 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006360 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006361 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6362 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6363 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006364 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006365 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006366 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6367 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6368 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006369 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6370 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6371 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006372
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006373 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6374 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6375 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6376 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6377 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6378 }
6379 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006380 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006381 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006382 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006383 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006384 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6385 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6386 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6387 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6388 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006389 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6390 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006391 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6392 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6393 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6394 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6395 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006396 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6397 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006398 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6399 }
6400
6401 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6402 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6403 }
6404
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006405 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006406 Function->setUsed(true);
6407 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006408 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006409
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006410 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006411 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006412 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006413 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6414 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6415 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6416 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6417 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6418 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6419 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6420 }
6421 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006422
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006423 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006424
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006425 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006426 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006427 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006428}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006429
6430bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6431 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6432 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6433 return false;
6434
6435 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6436 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6437 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6438 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6439
6440 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6441 FD ?
6442 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6443 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6444 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6445 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6446 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6447 return true;
6448
6449 return false;
6450}
6451
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006452// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6453// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6454void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6455 SourceLocation Loc;
6456
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006457 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6458
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006459 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6460 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6461 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6462 return;
6463
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006464 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6465 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6466 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6467 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6468
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006469 // self = [<foo> init...]
6470 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6471 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6472 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6473
6474 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6475 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6476 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6477 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6478 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006479
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006480 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6481 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6482 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6483 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6484 return;
6485
6486 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6487 } else {
6488 // Not an assignment.
6489 return;
6490 }
6491
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006492 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006493 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006494
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006495 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006496 << E->getSourceRange()
6497 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6498 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6499}
6500
6501bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6502 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6503
6504 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6505 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6506
6507 QualType T = E->getType();
6508
6509 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6510 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6511 return true;
6512 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6513 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6514 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6515 return true;
6516 }
6517 }
6518
6519 return false;
6520}